blob: c005f103a30db5193b31e7717c0560ee82b2a74e [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context);
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000064 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context);
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000065 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000083 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>(Context)) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000099 if (!attr)
100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000120 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
122 // skip over named parameters.
123 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
124 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
125 if (nullPos)
126 --nullPos;
127 else
128 ++i;
129 }
130 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
131 }
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
133 // block or function pointer call.
134 QualType Ty = V->getType();
135 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
136 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
137 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
138 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
139 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
140 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
141 unsigned k;
142 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
143 if (nullPos)
144 --nullPos;
145 else
146 ++i;
147 }
148 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
149 }
150 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
151 isMethod = 2;
152 }
153 else
154 return;
155 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 else
157 return;
158
159 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 return;
163 }
164 int sentinel = i;
165 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
166 --sentinelPos;
167 ++i;
168 }
169 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000171 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000172 return;
173 }
174 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
175 ++i;
176 ++sentinel;
177 }
178 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
179 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
180 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000181 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000182 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000183 }
184 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000185}
186
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000187SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
188 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
189 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
190}
191
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
193// Standard Promotions and Conversions
194//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
195
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
197void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
198 QualType Ty = E->getType();
199 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
200
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
202 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000203 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
204 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
205 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
206 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
207 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
208 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
209 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000210 //
211 // C++ 4.2p1:
212 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
213 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
214 //
215 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
216 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
218 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000219}
220
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000221/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
222/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
223///
224/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
225/// promotion occurs.
226static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000227 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
228 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 return QualType();
230
231 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
232 if (!BT)
233 return QualType();
234
235 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
237 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
238 return QualType();
239
240 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
241 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
242 return QualType();
243
244 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
245 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
246 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
247 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
248 return Context.IntTy;
249
250 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
251 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
252
253 return QualType();
254}
255
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
257/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
258/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
259/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
260/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
261Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
262 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
263 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
264
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000265 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
266 //
267 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
268 // unsigned int may be used:
269 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
270 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
271 // and unsigned int.
272 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
273 //
274 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
275 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
276 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
277 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
278 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000280 return Expr;
281 } else {
282 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
283 if (!T.isNull()) {
284 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
285 return Expr;
286 }
287 }
288
289 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 return Expr;
291}
292
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000293/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
294/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
295/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
296void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
297 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
298 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
299
300 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
301 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
302 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
303 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
306}
307
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000308/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
309/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
310/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
311/// completely illegal.
312bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000313 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
314
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000315 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
316 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
317 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
318 << Expr->getType() << CT;
319 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000320 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000321
322 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
323 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
324 << Expr->getType() << CT;
325
326 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000327}
328
329
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000330/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
331/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
332/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
333/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
334/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
335/// GCC.
336QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
337 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000338 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000340
341 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000343 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
344 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000345 QualType lhs =
346 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
347 QualType rhs =
348 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000349
350 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
351 if (lhs == rhs)
352 return lhs;
353
354 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
355 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
356 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
357 return lhs;
358
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000359 // Perform bitfield promotions.
360 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
361 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
362 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
363 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
364 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
365 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
366
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000368 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000370 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000371 return destType;
372}
373
374QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
375 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
376 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
377 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
378 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
379 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000380 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 lhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
384 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
385 rhs = Context.IntTy;
386 else
387 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000388
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000389 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
390 if (lhs == rhs)
391 return lhs;
392
393 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
394 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
395 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
396 return lhs;
397
398 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
399
400 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
401 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
402 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
403 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return lhs;
406 }
407 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
408 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000409 return rhs;
410 }
411 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
412 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
413 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
414 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
415 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
416 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
417 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
418 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
419 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
420 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
421 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
422
423 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
424 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000425 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
426 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000427 }
428 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
429 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
430 // does not require this promotion.
431 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
432 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000433 return rhs;
434 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000435 return lhs;
436 }
437 }
438 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
439 }
440 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
441 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
442 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000445 return lhs;
446 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000447 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
448 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
449 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
450 }
451 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000453 return rhs;
454 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000455 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
456 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
457 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
458 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
460 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
461 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000462 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000463 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000464 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
465 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000466 }
467 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
468 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
469 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
471
472 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
473 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000474 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
475 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000476 return rhs;
477 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
478 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000479 return lhs;
480 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
481 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000482 return rhs;
483 }
484 }
485 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
486 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
487 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
488 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
489 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
490 QualType destType;
491 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
492 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
493 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
494 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
495 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
496 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
497 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
498 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
499 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
500 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
501 // use the signed type.
502 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
503 } else {
504 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
505 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
506 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
507 // to the signed type.
508 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
509 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000510 return destType;
511}
512
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
514// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
515//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
516
517
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000518/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000519/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
520/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
521/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
522/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000523///
524Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000525Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000526 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
527
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000528 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000529 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000530 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000531
532 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
533 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
534 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000536 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000537 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000538 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000539
540 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
541 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
542 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000543
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000544 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
545 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
546 // strings.
547 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000548 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000549 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000550
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000551 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000552 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
553 Literal.GetStringLength(),
554 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
555 &StringTokLocs[0],
556 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000557}
558
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000559/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
560/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
561/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
562/// for values inside the block or for globals).
563///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000564/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
565/// up-to-date.
566///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000567static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
568 ValueDecl *VD) {
569 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
570 // we wanted to.
571 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
575 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
576 return false;
577
578 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
579 // snapshot it.
580 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
581 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000582 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
583 return false;
584
585 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
586 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
587
588 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
589 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
590 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
591 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
592 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
593 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
594 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
595 // having a reference outside it.
596 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
597 break;
598
599 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
600 // a snapshot as well.
601 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
602 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000603
604 return true;
605}
606
607
608
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000609/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000610/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000611/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000612/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000613/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
615 IdentifierInfo &II,
616 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000617 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
618 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
619 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000620 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000621}
622
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000623/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
624/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
625/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626DeclRefExpr *
627Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
628 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
629 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000630 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000631 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000632 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
633 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000634 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000635 } else
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000636 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000637}
638
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000639/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
640/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
641/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000642static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
643 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000644 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
645 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
646
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000647 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
648 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
649 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000650 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000651 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
652 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000653 D != DEnd; ++D) {
654 if (*D == Record) {
655 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
656 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
657 ++D;
658 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000659 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000660 return *D;
661 }
662 }
663
664 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
665 return 0;
666}
667
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000668/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
669/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
670/// actual member.
671///
672/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
673/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
674/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
675/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
676/// we found.
677///
678/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
679/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
680/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
681VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
682 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000683 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
684 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
685 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
686
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000687 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000688 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
689 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
690 do {
691 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000692 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000693 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000694 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000695 else {
696 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
697 break;
698 }
699 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
700 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
701 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000702
703 return BaseObject;
704}
705
706Sema::OwningExprResult
707Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
708 FieldDecl *Field,
709 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
710 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
711 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
712 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
713 AnonFields);
714
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000715 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
716 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
717 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
718 // found via name lookup.
719 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
720 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
721 if (BaseObject) {
722 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
723 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000724 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000725 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000726 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000727 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000728 ExtraQuals
729 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
730 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
731 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
732 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
733 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
734 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
735 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
736 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
737 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
738 }
739 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
740 } else {
741 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
742 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
743 // program our base object expression is "this".
744 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
745 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
746 QualType AnonFieldType
747 = Context.getTagDeclType(
748 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
749 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
750 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
751 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
752 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
753 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000754 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000755 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000756 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
757 }
758 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000759 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
760 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000761 }
762 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
763 }
764
765 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000766 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
767 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000768 }
769
770 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
771 // anonymous struct/union.
772 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
773 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
774 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
775 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
776 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
777 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
778 unsigned combinedQualifiers
779 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
780 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
781 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000782 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000783 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
784 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000785 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
786 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000787 }
788
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000789 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000790}
791
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000792/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
793/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
794/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
795/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
796/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
797/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
798/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
799/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
800/// forms.
801///
802/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
803/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
804/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
805/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000806///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000807/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
808/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
809/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
810/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000811Sema::OwningExprResult
812Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
813 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000814 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000815 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000816 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000817 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
818 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000819
820 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
821 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
822 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
823 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000824 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000825 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000826 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
827 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000828 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000829 }
830
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000831 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
832 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000833
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000834 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
835 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
836 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
837 : SourceRange());
838 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000839 }
840
841 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000842
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000843 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
844 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000845 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
846 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000847 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
848 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000849 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
850 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
851 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000852 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000853 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000854 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000855 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
856 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000857 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000858 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
859 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000860
861 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
862 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
863 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
864 return ExprError();
865
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000866 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
867 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
868 // an error.
869 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
870 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
871 << IV->getDeclName());
872 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
873 // same name exists, use the global.
874 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000875 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
876 ClassDeclared != IFace)
877 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000878 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
879 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000880 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
881 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000882 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000883 return Owned(new (Context)
884 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000885 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000886 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000887 }
888 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000889 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
890 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
891 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000892 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000893 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
894 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000895 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
896 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000897 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000898 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000899 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000900 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000901 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000902 QualType T;
903
904 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
905 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
906 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
907 else
908 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000909 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000910 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000911 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000912
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000913 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
914 // argument-dependent lookup.
915 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
916 HasTrailingLParen;
917
918 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000919 // We've seen something of the form
920 //
921 // identifier(
922 //
923 // and we did not find any entity by the name
924 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
925 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
926 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
927 Context.OverloadTy,
928 Loc));
929 }
930
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000931 if (D == 0) {
932 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
933 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000934 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000935 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000936 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000937 else {
938 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
939 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000940 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000941 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
942 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000943 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
944 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000945 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
946 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000947 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000948 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000949 }
950 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000951
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000952 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
953 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
954 // not any specific instance's member.
955 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000956 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000957 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000958 QualType DType;
959 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
960 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
961 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
962 DType = Method->getType();
963 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
964 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
965 }
966 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
967 if (!DType.isNull()) {
968 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
969 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000970 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000971 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000972 }
973 }
974 }
975
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000976 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
977 // (C++ [class.union]).
978 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
979 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
980 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000981
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000982 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
983 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
984 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
985 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
986 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
987 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
988 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
989 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
990 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
991 QualType MemberType;
992 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
993 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
994 MemberType = FD->getType();
995
996 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
997 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
998 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
999 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1000 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1001 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1002 }
1003 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1004 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1005 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1006 MemberType = Method->getType();
1007 }
1008 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1009 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1010 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1011 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1012 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1013 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1014 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1015 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1016 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1017 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1018 break;
1019 }
1020 }
1021 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001022
1023 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001024 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1025 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1026 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1027 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1028 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1029 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001030 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001031 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001032 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001033 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001034 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001035 }
1036 }
1037 }
1038 }
1039
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001040 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001041 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1042 if (MD->isStatic())
1043 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001044 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1045 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001046 }
1047
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001048 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1049 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1050 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001051 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1052 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001053 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001054
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001055 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001056 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001057 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001058 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001059 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001060 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001061
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001062 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001063 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001064 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1065 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001066 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
1067 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1068 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001069 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001070
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001071 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1072 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1073 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1074 // that overload resolution actually selects.
1075 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1076 return ExprError();
1077
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001078 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +00001079 // Warn about constructs like:
1080 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1081 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001082
1083 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
1084 // information to check this property.
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001085 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1086 Scope *CheckS = S;
1087 while (CheckS) {
1088 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001089 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001090 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001091 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
1092 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001093 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001094 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1095 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001096 break;
1097 }
1098
1099 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1100 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1101 if (CheckS)
1102 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1103 }
1104 }
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001105 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1106 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1107 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1108 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1109 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1110 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1111 // type.
1112 QualType T = Func->getType();
1113 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001114 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1115 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001116 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
1117 }
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001118 }
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001119
1120 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1121 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001122 return ExprError();
1123
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001124 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1125 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1126 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1127 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001128 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001129 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1130 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1131 //
1132 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001133 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001134 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001135 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00001136 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>(Context))
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001137 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001138 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1139 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001140 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001141
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001142 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001143 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1144 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001145 }
1146 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1147 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001148
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001149 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001150 bool ValueDependent = false;
1151 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1152 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1153 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1154 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1155 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1156 TypeDependent = true;
1157 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1158 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1159 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1160 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1161 TypeDependent = true;
1162 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1163 // names a dependent type.
1164 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001165 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001166 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1167 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001168 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001169 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1170 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1171 TypeDependent = true;
1172 break;
1173 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001174 }
1175 }
1176 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001177
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001178 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1179 //
1180 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1181 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1182 if (TypeDependent)
1183 ValueDependent = true;
1184 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1185 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1186 ValueDependent = true;
1187 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1188 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001189 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1190 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1191 Dcl->getInit()) {
1192 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1193 }
1194 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001195 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001196
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001197 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1198 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001199}
1200
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001201Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1202 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001203 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001204
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001205 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001206 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001207 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1208 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1209 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001210 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001211
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001212 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1213 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001214 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001215 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1216 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001217 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1218 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1219 else {
1220 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1221 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1222 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1223 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001224
1225
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001226 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001227 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001228 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001229 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001230}
1231
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001232Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001233 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1234 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1235 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1236 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001237
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001238 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1239 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1240 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001241 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001242
1243 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1244
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001245 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1246 Literal.isWide(),
1247 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001248}
1249
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001250Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1251 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001252 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1253 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001254 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001255 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001256 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001257 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001258 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001259
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001260 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001261 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1262 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001263 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001264
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001265 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1266 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001267
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001268 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1269 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1270 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001271 return ExprError();
1272
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001273 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001274
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001275 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001276 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001277 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001278 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001279 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001280 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001281 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001282 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001283
1284 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1285
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001286 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1287 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001288 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1289 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001290
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001291 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001292 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001293 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001294 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001295
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001296 // long long is a C99 feature.
1297 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001298 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001299 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1300
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001301 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001302 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001303
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001304 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1305 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1306 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001307 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1308 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001309 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001310 } else {
1311 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1312 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001313
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001314 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1315 // be an unsigned int.
1316 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1317
1318 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001319 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001320 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1321 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001322 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001323
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001324 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1325 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1326 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1327 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001328 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001329 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001330 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001331 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001332 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001333 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001334
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001335 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001336 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001337 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001338
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001339 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1340 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1341 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1342 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001343 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001344 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001345 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001346 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001347 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001348 }
1349
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001350 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001351 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001352 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001353
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001354 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1355 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1356 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1357 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001358 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001359 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001360 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001361 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001362 }
1363 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001364
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001365 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1366 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001367 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001368 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001369 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001370 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001371 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001372
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001373 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1374 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001375 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001376 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001377 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001378
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001379 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1380 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001381 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1382 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001383
1384 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001385}
1386
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001387Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1388 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001389 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001390 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001391 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001392}
1393
1394/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1395/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001396bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001397 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1398 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1399 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001400 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1401 return false;
1402
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001403 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001404 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001405 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001406 if (isSizeof)
1407 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1408 return false;
1409 }
1410
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001411 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001412 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001413 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1414 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001415 return false;
1416 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001417
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001418 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1419 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1420 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1421 ExprRange))
1422 return true;
1423
1424 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001425 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001426 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001427 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1428 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001429 }
1430
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001431 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001432}
1433
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001434bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1435 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1436 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001437
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001438 // alignof decl is always ok.
1439 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1440 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001441
1442 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1443 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1444 return false;
1445
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001446 if (E->getBitField()) {
1447 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1448 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001449 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001450
1451 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1452 // bit-field.
1453 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1454 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1455 return false;
1456
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001457 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1458}
1459
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001460/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1461Action::OwningExprResult
1462Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1463 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1464 if (T.isNull())
1465 return ExprError();
1466
1467 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1468 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1469 return ExprError();
1470
1471 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1472 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1473 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1474 R.getEnd()));
1475}
1476
1477/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1478/// operand.
1479Action::OwningExprResult
1480Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1481 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1482 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1483 bool isInvalid = false;
1484 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1485 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1486 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1487 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001488 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001489 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1490 isInvalid = true;
1491 } else {
1492 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1493 }
1494
1495 if (isInvalid)
1496 return ExprError();
1497
1498 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1499 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1500 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1501 R.getEnd()));
1502}
1503
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001504/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1505/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1506/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001507Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001508Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1509 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001510 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001511 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001512
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001513 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001514 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1515 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1516 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001517
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001518 // Get the end location.
1519 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1520 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1521 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1522
1523 if (Result.isInvalid())
1524 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1525
1526 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001527}
1528
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001529QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001530 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1531 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001532
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001533 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001534 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1535 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001536
1537 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1538 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1539 return V->getType();
1540
1541 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001542 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1543 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001544 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001545}
1546
1547
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001548
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001549Action::OwningExprResult
1550Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1551 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1552 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001553
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001554 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1555 switch (Kind) {
1556 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1557 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1558 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1559 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001560
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001561 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1562 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1563 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001564 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001565 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1566
1567 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1568 //
1569 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1570 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1571 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1572 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1573 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1574 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1575 // argument will have value zero.
1576 Expr *Args[2] = {
1577 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001578 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1579 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001580 };
1581
1582 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1583 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001584 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001585
1586 // Perform overload resolution.
1587 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001588 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001589 case OR_Success: {
1590 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1591 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1592
1593 if (FnDecl) {
1594 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1595 // operator.
1596
1597 // Convert the arguments.
1598 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1599 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001600 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001601 } else {
1602 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001603 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001604 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1605 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001606 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001607 }
1608
1609 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001610 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001611 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1612 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001613
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001614 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001615 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001616 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001617 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1618
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001619 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001620 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001621 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1622 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1623 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001624 } else {
1625 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1626 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1627 // operator node.
1628 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1629 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001630 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001631
1632 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001633 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001634 }
1635
1636 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1637 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1638 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1639 break;
1640
1641 case OR_Ambiguous:
1642 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1643 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1644 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1645 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001646 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001647
1648 case OR_Deleted:
1649 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1650 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1651 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1652 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1653 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1654 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001655 }
1656
1657 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1658 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1659 // build a built-in operation.
1660 }
1661
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001662 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1663 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001664 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001665 return ExprError();
1666 Input.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001667 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001668}
1669
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001670Action::OwningExprResult
1671Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1672 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1673 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1674 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001675
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001676 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001677 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1678 Base.release();
1679 Idx.release();
1680 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1681 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1682 }
1683
1684 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001685 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001686 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1687 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1688 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001689 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1690 // to the candidate set.
1691 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1692 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001693 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1694 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001695
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001696 // Perform overload resolution.
1697 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001698 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001699 case OR_Success: {
1700 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1701 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1702
1703 if (FnDecl) {
1704 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1705 // operator.
1706
1707 // Convert the arguments.
1708 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1709 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1710 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1711 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1712 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001713 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001714 } else {
1715 // Convert the arguments.
1716 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1717 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1718 "passing") ||
1719 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1720 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1721 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001722 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001723 }
1724
1725 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001726 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001727 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1728 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001729
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001730 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001731 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1732 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001733 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1734
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001735 Base.release();
1736 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001737 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1738 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001739 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1740 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001741 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001742 } else {
1743 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1744 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1745 // operator node.
1746 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1747 "passing") ||
1748 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1749 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001750 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001751
1752 break;
1753 }
1754 }
1755
1756 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1757 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1758 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1759 break;
1760
1761 case OR_Ambiguous:
1762 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1763 << "[]"
1764 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1765 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001766 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001767
1768 case OR_Deleted:
1769 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1770 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1771 << "[]"
1772 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1773 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1774 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001775 }
1776
1777 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1778 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1779 // build a built-in operation.
1780 }
1781
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001782 // Perform default conversions.
1783 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1784 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001785
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001786 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001787
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001788 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001789 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001790 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001791 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001792 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1793 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001794 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1795 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1796 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1797 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1798 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001799 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1800 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001801 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001802 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001803 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001804 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1805 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001806 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001807 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1808 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001809 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001810
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001811 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1812 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001813 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1814 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1815 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1816 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1817 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1818 // force the promotion here.
1819 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1820 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1821 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1822 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1823
1824 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1825 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1826 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1827 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1828 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1829 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1830 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1831 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1832 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1833
1834 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1835 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1836 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001837 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001838 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1839 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001840 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001841 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001842 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001843 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1844 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001845
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001846 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1847 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1848 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1849 // incomplete types are not object types.
1850 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1851 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1852 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1853 return ExprError();
1854 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001855
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001856 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001857 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001858 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1859 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001860
1861 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1862 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1863 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1864 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1865 return ExprError();
1866 }
1867
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001868 Base.release();
1869 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001870 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001871 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001872}
1873
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001874QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001875CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001876 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001877 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001878
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001879 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1880 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001881
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001882 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001883 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1884 // to be selected.
1885 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001886
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001887 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1888 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1889 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001890
1891 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1892 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001893 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001894 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1895 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001896 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001897 do
1898 compStr++;
1899 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001900 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001901 do
1902 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001903 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001904 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001905
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001906 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001907 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1908 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001909 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1910 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001911 return QualType();
1912 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001913
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001914 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1915 // operates on.
1916 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1917 compStr = CompName.getName();
1918
1919 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001920 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001921
1922 while (*compStr) {
1923 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1924 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1925 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1926 return QualType();
1927 }
1928 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001929 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001930
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001931 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1932 // number of elements.
1933 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001934 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001935 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001936 return QualType();
1937 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001938
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001939 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001940 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001941 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001942 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001943 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001944 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1945 : CompName.getLength();
1946 if (HexSwizzle)
1947 CompSize--;
1948
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001949 if (CompSize == 1)
1950 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001951
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001952 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001953 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001954 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1955 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1956 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1957 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001958 }
1959 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001960}
1961
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001962static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1963 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001964 const Selector &Sel,
1965 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001966
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001967 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001968 return PD;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001969 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001970 return OMD;
1971
1972 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1973 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001974 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1975 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001976 return D;
1977 }
1978 return 0;
1979}
1980
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001981static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001982 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001983 const Selector &Sel,
1984 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001985 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1986 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001987 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001988 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001989 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001990 GDecl = PD;
1991 break;
1992 }
1993 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001994 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001995 GDecl = OMD;
1996 break;
1997 }
1998 }
1999 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002000 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002001 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2002 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002003 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002004 if (GDecl)
2005 return GDecl;
2006 }
2007 }
2008 return GDecl;
2009}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002010
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002011/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2012/// all base class implementations.
2013///
2014ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2015 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2016 const Selector &Sel) {
2017 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor8fc463a2009-04-24 00:11:27 +00002018 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
2019 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002020 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002021
2022 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2023 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2024 return Method;
2025}
2026
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002027Action::OwningExprResult
2028Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2029 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002030 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002031 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002032 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002033 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002034
2035 // Perform default conversions.
2036 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002037
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002038 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2039 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002040
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002041 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2042 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002043 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002044 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002045 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2046 BaseExpr, true,
2047 OpLoc,
2048 DeclarationName(&Member),
2049 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002050 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002051 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002052 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002053 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2054 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002055 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002056 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2057 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2058 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002059 } else {
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002060 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2061 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2062 // (so we'll report an error for)
2063 // T* t;
2064 // t.f;
2065 //
2066 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2067 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2068 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2069 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
2070
2071 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2072 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002073 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2074 BaseExpr, false,
2075 OpLoc,
2076 DeclarationName(&Member),
2077 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002078 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002079 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002080
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002081 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2082 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002083 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002084 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002085 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002086 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2087 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2088 return ExprError();
2089
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002090 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002091 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002092 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002093 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002094 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002095
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002096 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002097 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2098 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002099 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002100 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2101 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2102 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002103 }
2104
2105 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002106
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002107 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2108 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2109 // error cases.
2110 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2111 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002112
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002113 // Check the use of this field
2114 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2115 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002116
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002117 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002118 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2119 // (C++ [class.union]).
2120 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002121 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002122 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002123
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002124 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2125 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002126 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002127 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
2128 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2129 else {
2130 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2131 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002132 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002133 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2134 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2135 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002136
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002137 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2138 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002139 }
2140
2141 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002142 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002143 Var, MemberLoc,
2144 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2145 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002146 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002147 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2148 MemberFn->getType()));
2149 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2150 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002151 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002152 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
2153 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002154 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2155 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002156 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002157 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2158 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002159
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002160 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2161 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2162 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002163 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2164 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2165 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002166 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002167
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002168 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2169 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002170 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002171 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002172 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2173 &Member,
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002174 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002175 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2176 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2177 // error cases.
2178 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2179 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002180
2181 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2182 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2183 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8bfd1b82009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002184 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2185 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002186 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2187 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2188 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002189 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2190 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2191 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002192 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2193 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2194 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2195 // AST for a function decl.
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002196 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002197 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2198 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2199 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2200 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2201 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2202 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002203 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002204
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002205 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002206 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002207 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002208 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2209 }
2210 // @protected
2211 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2212 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2213 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002214
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002215 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002216 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002217 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002218 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002219 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2220 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2221 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002222 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002223
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002224 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2225 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2226 const PointerType *PTy;
2227 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2228 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2229 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2230 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbar7f8ea5c2008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002231
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002232 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002233 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2234 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002235 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2236 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2237 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002238 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2239 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2240 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002241 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2242 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002243 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002244 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2245 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002246
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002247 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattner9baefc22008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002248 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2249 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002250 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2251 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002252 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2253 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2254 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002255
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002256 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002257 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2258 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002259
2260 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2261 // selector is implemented.
2262
2263 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2264 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2265
2266 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002267 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002268
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002269 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2270 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002271 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002272
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002273 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2274 if (!Getter) {
2275 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2276 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002277 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002278 }
2279 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002280 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002281 // Check if we can reference this property.
2282 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2283 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002284 }
2285 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2286 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2287 Selector SetterSel =
2288 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2289 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002290 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002291 if (!Setter) {
2292 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2293 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002294 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002295 }
2296 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2297 if (!Setter) {
2298 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2299 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002300 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002301 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002302 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002303
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002304 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2305 return ExprError();
2306
2307 if (Getter || Setter) {
2308 QualType PType;
2309
2310 if (Getter)
2311 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2312 else {
2313 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2314 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2315 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2316 }
2317 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2318 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2319 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2320 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002321 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2322 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002323 }
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002324 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002325 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy;
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002326 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2327 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002328 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002329 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002330 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002331 // Check the use of this declaration
2332 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2333 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002334
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002335 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002336 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2337 }
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002338 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002339 // Check the use of this method.
2340 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2341 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002342
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002343 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002344 OMD->getResultType(),
2345 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2346 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian391d8952008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002347 }
2348 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002349
2350 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2351 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002352 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002353 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2354 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2355 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2356 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2357 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002358 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2359 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002360 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002361 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002362 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002363 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002364 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002365 }
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002366 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2367 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2368 Selector SetterSel =
2369 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2370 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002371 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002372 if (!Setter) {
2373 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2374 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002375 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002376 }
2377 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2378 if (!Setter) {
2379 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2380 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002381 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002382 }
2383 }
2384
2385 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2386 return ExprError();
2387
2388 if (Getter || Setter) {
2389 QualType PType;
2390
2391 if (Getter)
2392 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2393 else {
2394 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2395 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2396 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2397 }
2398 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2399 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2400 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2401 }
2402 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2403 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002404 }
2405 }
2406
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002407 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002408 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002409 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2410 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002411 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002412 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002413 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002414 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002415
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002416 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2417 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2418
2419 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2420 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2421 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2422 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2423 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2424 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2425 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2426 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2427 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2428 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2429 }
2430
2431 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002432}
2433
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002434/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2435/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2436/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2437/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2438/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2439/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002440bool
2441Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002442 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002443 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002444 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2445 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002446 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002447 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2448 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2449 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002450 bool Invalid = false;
2451
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002452 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2453 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2454 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2455 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2456 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2457 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2458 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2459 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002460 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002461 }
2462
2463 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2464 // them.
2465 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2466 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2467 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2468 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2469 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2470 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2471 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2472 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002473 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002474 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002475 }
2476 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2477 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002478
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002479 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2480 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2481 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002482
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002483 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002484 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002485 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002486
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002487 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2488 ProtoArgType,
2489 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2490 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2491 return true;
2492
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002493 // Pass the argument.
2494 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2495 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002496 } else {
2497 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2498 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2499 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2500 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2501 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2502 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002503 } else {
2504 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2505
2506 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2507 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2508 // be properly destroyed.
2509 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2510 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2511 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2512 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2513 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2514 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2515 }
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002516 }
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002517
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002518 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002519 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002520 }
2521
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002522 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002523
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002524 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2525 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002526
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002527 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2528 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002529 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2530 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2531 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2532 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2533 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2534
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002535 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2536 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2537 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002538 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002539 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2540 }
2541 }
2542
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002543 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002544}
2545
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002546/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002547/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2548/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002549Action::OwningExprResult
2550Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2551 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002552 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002553 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002554 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002555 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002556 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002557 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002558 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002559 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002560
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002561 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002562 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002563 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002564 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2565 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002566 bool Dependent = false;
2567 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2568 Dependent = true;
2569 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2570 Dependent = true;
2571
2572 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002573 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002574 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2575
2576 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2577 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2578 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2579 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2580
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002581 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002582 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2583 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2584 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002585 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2586 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002587 }
2588
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002589 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002590 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002591 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2592 bool ADL = true;
2593 while (true) {
2594 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2595 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2596 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002597 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002598 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002599 ADL = false;
2600 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2601 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002602 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002603 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2604 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002605 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2606 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2607 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2608 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002609 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002610 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2611 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2612 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002613 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002614 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2615 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2616 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002617 break;
2618 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002619 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002620
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002621 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2622 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002623 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002624 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002625 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002626 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002627
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002628 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002629 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002630 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002631 ADL = false;
2632
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002633 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2634 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2635 ADL = false;
2636
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002637 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002638 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2639 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002640 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2641 if (!FDecl)
2642 return ExprError();
2643
2644 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2645 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002646 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002647 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002648 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2649 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2650 false, false,
2651 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2652 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002653 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002654 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002655 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2656 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2657 Fn = NewFn;
2658 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002659 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002660
2661 // Promote the function operand.
2662 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2663
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002664 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2665 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002666 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2667 Args, NumArgs,
2668 Context.BoolTy,
2669 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002670
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002671 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2672 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2673 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2674 // have type pointer to function".
2675 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2676 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002677 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2678 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002679 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2680 } else { // This is a block call.
2681 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2682 getAsFunctionType();
2683 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002684 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002685 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2686 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2687
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002688 // Check for a valid return type
2689 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2690 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2691 FuncT->getResultType(),
2692 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2693 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2694 return ExprError();
2695
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002696 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002697 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002698
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002699 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002700 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002701 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002702 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002703 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002704 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002705
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002706 if (FDecl) {
2707 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2708 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2709 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002710 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
2711 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2712 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2713 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2714 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2715 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2716 }
2717 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002718 }
2719
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002720 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002721 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2722 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2723 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002724 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2725 Arg->getType(),
2726 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2727 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2728 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002729 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002730 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002731 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002732
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002733 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2734 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002735 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2736 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002737
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002738 // Check for sentinels
2739 if (NDecl)
2740 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002741 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002742 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002743 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002744 if (NDecl)
2745 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002746
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002747 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002748}
2749
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002750Action::OwningExprResult
2751Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2752 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002753 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002754 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002755 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002756 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002757 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002758
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002759 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002760 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002761 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2762 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002763 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2764 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2765 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002766 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002767 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002768
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002769 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002770 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002771 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002772
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002773 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002774 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002775 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002776 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002777 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002778 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002779 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002780 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002781}
2782
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002783Action::OwningExprResult
2784Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002785 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2786 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2787 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002788
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002789 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002790 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002791
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002792 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002793 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002794 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002795 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002796}
2797
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002798/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar58d5ebb2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002799bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002800 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2801
2802 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2803 // type needs to be scalar.
2804 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2805 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002806 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2807 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002808 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002809 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2810 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2811 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2812 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002813 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002814 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2815 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2816 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2817 // GCC cast to union extension
2818 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2819 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002820 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002821 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2822 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2823 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2824 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2825 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2826 break;
2827 }
2828 }
2829 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2830 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2831 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2832 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002833 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002834 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002835 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002836 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002837 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002838 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002839 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2840 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002841 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002842 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2843 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2844 return true;
2845 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2846 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2847 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002848 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002849 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002850 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2851 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2852 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2853 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2854 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2855 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2856 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2857 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2858 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2859 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2860 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002861 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00002862 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
2863 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002864 return false;
2865}
2866
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002867bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002868 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002869
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002870 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002871 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002872 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002873 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002874 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002875 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002876 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002877 } else
2878 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002879 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002880 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002881
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002882 return false;
2883}
2884
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002885Action::OwningExprResult
2886Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2887 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2888 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2889 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002890
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002891 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002892 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2893
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002894 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002895 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002896 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002897 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002898}
2899
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002900/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2901/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002902/// C99 6.5.15
2903QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2904 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002905 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2906 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2907 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2908
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002909 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2910 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2911 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2912 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2913 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2914 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00002915
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002916 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002917 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2918 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2919 << CondTy;
2920 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002921 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002922
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002923 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002924
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002925 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2926 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002927 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2928 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2929 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00002930 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002931
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002932 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2933 // type.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002934 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2935 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002936 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002937 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002938 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002939 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002940 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002941 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002942
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002943 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002944 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002945 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2946 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2947 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2948 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2949 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2950 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2951 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2952 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2953 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002954 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002955 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002956 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2957 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002958 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2959 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2960 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2961 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2962 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002963 }
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002964 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2965 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2966 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2967 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2968 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002969 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002970
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002971 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2972 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2973 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2974 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2975
Chris Lattnerbd57d362008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002976 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2977 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002978 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2979 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00002980 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
2981 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
2982 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
2983 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002984
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002985 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2986 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
2987 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2988 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2989 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2990 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2991 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2992 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2993 return destType;
2994 }
2995 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
2996 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2997 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2998 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2999 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3000 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3001 return destType;
3002 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003003
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003004 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
3005 if (sameKind
3006 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3007 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3008 return LHSTy;
3009 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003010
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003011 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003012
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003013 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
3014 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
3015 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
3016 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
3017 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3018 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3019 // type. This allows
3020 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3021 // where B is a subclass of A.
3022 //
3023 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3024 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3025 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3026 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003027
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003028 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3029 // It could return the composite type.
3030 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3031 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3032 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3033 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
3034 compositeType = LHSTy;
3035 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3036 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
3037 compositeType = RHSTy;
3038 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
3039 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
3040 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3041 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
3042 if (!sameKind
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003043 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3044 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003045 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3046 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3047 return QualType();
3048 } else {
3049 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3050 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3051 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3052 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003053 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3054 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbara56f7462008-08-26 00:41:39 +00003055 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003056 }
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003057 } else if (!sameKind
3058 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3059 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3060 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3061 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3062 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3063 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3064 // to get a consistent AST.
3065 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3066 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3067 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3068 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003069 }
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003070 // The pointer types are compatible.
3071 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3072 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3073 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3074 // type.
3075 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3076 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3077 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3078 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3079 return compositeType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003080 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003081
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003082 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3083 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3084 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3085 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3086 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3087 return RHSTy;
3088 }
3089 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3090 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3091 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3092 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3093 return LHSTy;
3094 }
3095
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003096 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
3097 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003098 // id with statically typed objects).
3099 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003100 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3101 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3102 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003103 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003104 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003105 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
3106 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
3107 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003108 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only happens to
3109 // work because id can more or less be used anywhere, however this may
3110 // change the type of method sends.
3111
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003112 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
3113 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
3114 // cases. Investigate.
3115 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003116 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3117 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003118 return compositeType;
3119 }
3120 }
3121
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003122 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003123 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3124 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003125 return QualType();
3126}
3127
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003128/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003129/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003130Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3131 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3132 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3133 ExprArg RHS) {
3134 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3135 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003136
3137 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3138 // was the condition.
3139 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3140 if (isLHSNull)
3141 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003142
3143 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003144 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003145 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003146 return ExprError();
3147
3148 Cond.release();
3149 LHS.release();
3150 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003151 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003152 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3153 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003154}
3155
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003156
3157// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003158// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003159// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3160// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3161// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003162Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003163Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3164 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003165
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003166 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003167 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3168 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003169
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003170 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003171 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3172 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003173
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003174 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003175
3176 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3177 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3178 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003179 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003180 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003181 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003182
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003183 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3184 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003185 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003186 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003187 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003188 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003189
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003190 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003191 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3192 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003193 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003194
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003195 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003196 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003197 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003198
3199 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003200 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3201 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003202 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003203 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003204 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003205 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3206 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3207 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3208 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3209 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3210 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3211 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3212 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3213 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3214 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3215 }
3216 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3217 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3218 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3219 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3220 }
3221 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3222 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3223 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3224 // warning can be disabled.
3225 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3226 return ConvTy;
3227 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3228 }
3229 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3230 return IncompatiblePointer;
3231 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003232 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003233}
3234
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003235/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3236/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3237/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3238// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003239Sema::AssignConvertType
3240Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003241 QualType rhsType) {
3242 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003243
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003244 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3245 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003246 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3247
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003248 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3249 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3250 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003251
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003252 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003253
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003254 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3255 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3256 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003257
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003258 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003259 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003260 return ConvTy;
3261}
3262
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003263/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3264/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003265/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3266///
3267/// int a, *pint;
3268/// short *pshort;
3269/// struct foo *pfoo;
3270///
3271/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3272/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3273/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3274/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3275///
3276/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003277/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003278///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003279Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003280Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003281 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3282 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003283 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3284 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003285
3286 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003287 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003288
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003289 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3290 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3291 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3292 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3293 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3294 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3295 // type.
3296 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3297 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003298 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003299 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003300 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003301
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003302 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3303 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003304 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003305 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3306 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3307 return IntToPointer;
3308 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3309 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003310 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003311 }
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003312
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003313 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003314 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003315 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3316 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003317 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003318
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003319 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003320 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003321 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003322 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3323 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003324 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003325 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003326 }
3327 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003328 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003329
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003330 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003331 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003332
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003333 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003334 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003335 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003336
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003337 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003338 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003339
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003340 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003341 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003342 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003343
3344 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3345 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3346 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3347 return Compatible;
3348 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003349 return Incompatible;
3350 }
3351
3352 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3353 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003354 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003355
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003356 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3357 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3358 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3359 return Compatible;
3360
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003361 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3362 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003363
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003364 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3365 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003366 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003367 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003368 return Incompatible;
3369 }
3370
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003371 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003372 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003373 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3374 return Compatible;
3375
3376 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003377 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003378
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003379 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003380 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003381
3382 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003383 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003384 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003385 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003386 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003387
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003388 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003389 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003390 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003391 }
3392 return Incompatible;
3393}
3394
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003395/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3396/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3397static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3398 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3399 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3400 // of the transparent union.
3401 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3402 &E, 1,
3403 SourceLocation());
3404 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3405 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3406
3407 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3408 // union type from this initializer list.
3409 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3410 false);
3411}
3412
3413Sema::AssignConvertType
3414Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3415 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3416
3417 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3418 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3419 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00003420 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>(Context))
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003421 return Incompatible;
3422
3423 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3424 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3425 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3426 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3427 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3428 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3429 it != itend; ++it) {
3430 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3431 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3432 // 1) void pointer
3433 // 2) null pointer constant
3434 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3435 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3436 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3437 InitField = *it;
3438 break;
3439 }
3440
3441 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3442 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3443 InitField = *it;
3444 break;
3445 }
3446 }
3447
3448 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3449 == Compatible) {
3450 InitField = *it;
3451 break;
3452 }
3453 }
3454
3455 if (!InitField)
3456 return Incompatible;
3457
3458 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3459 return Compatible;
3460}
3461
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003462Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003463Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003464 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3465 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3466 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3467 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3468 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003469 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3470 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003471 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003472 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003473 }
3474
3475 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3476 // structures.
3477 }
3478
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003479 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3480 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003481 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3482 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003483 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003484 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003485 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003486 return Compatible;
3487 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003488
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003489 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003490 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003491 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003492 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003493 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003494 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003495 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3496 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003497
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003498 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3499 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003500
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003501 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3502 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003503 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3504 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3505 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3506 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003507 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003508 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003509 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003510}
3511
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003512QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003513 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003514 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003515 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003516 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003517}
3518
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003519inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003520 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003521 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003522 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003523 QualType lhsType =
3524 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3525 QualType rhsType =
3526 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003527
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003528 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003529 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003530 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003531
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003532 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3533 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003534 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3535 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3536 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003537 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3538 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003539 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003540 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003541 }
3542 }
3543 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003544
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003545 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3546 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003547 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003548 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003549
3550 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003551 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3552 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003553 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003554 return lhsType;
3555 }
3556 }
3557
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003558 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003559 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003560 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003561 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3562
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003563 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003564 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3565 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003566 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003567 return rhsType;
3568 }
3569 }
3570
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003571 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003572 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003573 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003574 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003575 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003576}
3577
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003578inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003579 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003580{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003581 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003582 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003583
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003584 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003585
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003586 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003587 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003588 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003589}
3590
3591inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003592 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003593{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003594 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3595 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3596 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3597 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3598 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003599
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003600 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003601
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003602 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003603 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003604 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003605}
3606
3607inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003608 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003609{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003610 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3611 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3612 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3613 return compType;
3614 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003615
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003616 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003617
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003618 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003619 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3620 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3621 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003622 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003623 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003624
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003625 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3626 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3627 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3628 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3629
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003630 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003631 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003632 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3633 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3634 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003635 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3636 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003637 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003638 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003639 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003640
3641 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3642 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3643 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003644 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003645 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3646 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3647 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3648 return QualType();
3649 }
3650
3651 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3652 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3653 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3654 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003655 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003656 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003657 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3658 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003659 return QualType();
3660
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003661 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3662 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3663 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3664 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3665 return QualType();
3666 }
3667
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003668 if (CompLHSTy) {
3669 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3670 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3671 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003672 else {
3673 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3674 if (!T.isNull())
3675 LHSTy = T;
3676 }
3677
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003678 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3679 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003680 return PExp->getType();
3681 }
3682 }
3683
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003684 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003685}
3686
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003687// C99 6.5.6
3688QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003689 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3690 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3691 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3692 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3693 return compType;
3694 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003695
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003696 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003697
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003698 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003699
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003700 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003701 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3702 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003703 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003704 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003705 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003706
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003707 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3708 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003709 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003710
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003711 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003712
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003713 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3714 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3715 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3716 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3717 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3718 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3719 return QualType();
3720 }
3721
3722 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3723 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3724 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3725 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3726 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003727 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003728 return QualType();
3729 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003730
3731 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3732 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3733 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3734 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3735 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3736 lex->getSourceRange(),
3737 SourceRange(),
3738 lex->getType()))
3739 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003740
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003741 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3742 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3743 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3744 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3745 return QualType();
3746 }
3747
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003748 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003749 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3750 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3751 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3752 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3753 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3754 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3755 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3756 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3757
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003758 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003759 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003760 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003761
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003762 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3763 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003764 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003765
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003766 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3767 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3768 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3769 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3770 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3771 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3772 return QualType();
3773 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003774
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003775 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3776 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3777 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3778 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003779 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003780 return QualType();
3781 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003782
3783 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3784 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3785 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3786 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3787 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3788 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3789 rex->getSourceRange(),
3790 SourceRange(),
3791 rex->getType()))
3792 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003793
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00003794 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3795 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
3796 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
3797 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3798 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3799 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3800 return QualType();
3801 }
3802 } else {
3803 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
3804 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
3805 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
3806 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
3807 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3808 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3809 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3810 return QualType();
3811 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003812 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003813
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003814 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3815 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3816 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3817 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3818 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3819 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3820 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003821
3822 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003823 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3824 }
3825 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003826
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003827 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003828}
3829
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003830// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003831QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003832 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003833 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3834 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003835 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003836
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003837 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3838 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003839 QualType LHSTy;
3840 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3841 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003842 else {
3843 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3844 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3845 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3846 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003847 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003848 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3849
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003850 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003851
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003852 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003853 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003854}
3855
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003856// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003857QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003858 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3859 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3860
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003861 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003862 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003863
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003864 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003865 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3866 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3867 else {
3868 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3869 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3870 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003871 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3872 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003873
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003874 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3875 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003876 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3877 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3878 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003879 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3880 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003881 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3882 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3883 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3884 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003885 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3886 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003887 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003888
3889 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3890 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3891 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3892 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3893
3894 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3895 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003896 Expr *literalString = 0;
3897 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003898 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003899 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3900 literalString = lex;
3901 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3902 }
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003903 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3904 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003905 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3906 literalString = rex;
3907 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3908 }
3909
3910 if (literalString) {
3911 std::string resultComparison;
3912 switch (Opc) {
3913 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3914 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3915 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3916 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3917 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3918 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3919 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3920 }
3921 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3922 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3923 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003924 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3925 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3926 "strcmp(")
3927 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3928 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003929 resultComparison);
3930 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003931 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003932
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003933 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003934 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003935
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003936 if (isRelational) {
3937 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003938 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003939 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003940 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003941 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003942 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003943 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003944 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003945
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003946 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003947 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003948 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003949
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003950 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3951 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003952
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003953 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3954 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3955 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003956 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003957 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003958 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003959 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003960 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003961
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003962 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
3963 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
3964 return ResultTy;
3965
3966 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3967 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
3968 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
3969 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
3970 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
3971 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
3972 //
3973 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
3974 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00003975 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003976 if (T.isNull()) {
3977 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
3978 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3979 return QualType();
3980 }
3981
3982 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
3983 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
3984 return ResultTy;
3985 }
3986
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003987 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003988 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3989 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003990 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003991 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003992 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003993 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003994 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003995 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003996 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003997 }
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00003998 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
3999 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4000 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4001 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4002 return ResultTy;
4003 }
4004 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4005 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4006 return ResultTy;
4007 }
4008 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4009 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4010 return ResultTy;
4011 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004012 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004013 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004014 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
4015 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004016
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004017 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004018 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004019 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004020 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004021 }
4022 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004023 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004024 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004025 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004026 if (!isRelational
4027 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4028 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004029 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004030 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
4031 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4032 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
4033 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4034 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4035 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004036 }
4037 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004038 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004039 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004040
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004041 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004042 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004043 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
4044 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004045 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004046 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004047 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004048 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004049
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004050 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4051 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004052 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004053 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004054 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004055 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004056 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004057 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004058 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004059 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004060 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
4061 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004062 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004063 } else {
4064 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004065 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004066 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004067 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004068 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004069 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004070 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004071 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004072 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004073 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004074 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004075 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004076 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004077 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004078 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004079 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004080 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004081 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004082 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004083 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004084 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004085 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004086 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004087 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004088 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004089 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4090 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004091 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004092 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004093 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004094 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4095 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004096 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004097 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004098 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004099 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004100}
4101
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004102/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004103/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004104/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4105/// types.
4106QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004107 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004108 bool isRelational) {
4109 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4110 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004111 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004112 if (vType.isNull())
4113 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004114
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004115 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4116 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004117
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004118 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4119 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4120 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4121 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4122 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4123 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4124 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004125 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004126 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004127
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004128 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4129 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4130 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004131 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004132 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004133
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004134 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
4135 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
4136 if (1) {
4137 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
4138 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4139 return QualType();
4140 }
4141
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004142 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4143 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4144 // elements for floating point vectors.
4145 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4146 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004147
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004148 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004149 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004150 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004151 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004152 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004153 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4154
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004155 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004156 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004157 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4158}
4159
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004160inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004161 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004162{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004163 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004164 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004165
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004166 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004167
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004168 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004169 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004170 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004171}
4172
4173inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004174 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004175{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004176 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4177 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004178
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004179 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004180 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004181 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004182}
4183
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004184/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4185/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4186/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4187///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004188static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004189{
4190 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4191 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4192 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4193 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4194 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004195 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004196 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4197 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4198 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4199 return true;
4200 }
4201 }
4202 return false;
4203}
4204
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004205/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4206/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4207static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004208 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4209 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4210 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004211 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4212 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004213 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4214 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004215
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004216 unsigned Diag = 0;
4217 bool NeedType = false;
4218 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4219 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4220 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004221 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004222 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4223 NeedType = true;
4224 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004225 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004226 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4227 NeedType = true;
4228 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004229 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004230 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4231 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004232 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004233 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4234 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004235 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4236 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004237 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004238 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4239 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004240 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004241 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4242 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004243 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004244 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4245 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004246 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4247 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4248 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004249 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4250 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4251 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004252 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004253
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004254 SourceRange Assign;
4255 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4256 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004257 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004258 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004259 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004260 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004261 return true;
4262}
4263
4264
4265
4266// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004267QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4268 SourceLocation Loc,
4269 QualType CompoundType) {
4270 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4271 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004272 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004273
4274 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4275 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004276
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004277 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004278 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004279 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004280 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004281 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4282 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4283 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4284 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4285 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4286 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4287 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004288
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004289 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4290 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4291 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004292 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004293 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4294 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4295 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4296 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4297 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004298 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004299 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004300 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4301 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4302 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004303 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4304 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004305 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4306 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4307 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004308 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004309 }
4310 } else {
4311 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004312 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004313 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004314
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004315 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4316 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004317 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004318
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004319 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4320 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004321 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004322 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4323 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004324 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004325 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004326 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004327}
4328
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004329// C99 6.5.17
4330QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004331 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004332 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004333
4334 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4335 // incomplete in C++).
4336
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004337 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004338}
4339
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004340/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4341/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004342QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4343 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004344 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4345 return Context.DependentTy;
4346
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004347 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4348 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004349
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004350 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4351 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4352 if (!isInc) {
4353 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4354 return QualType();
4355 }
4356 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4357 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4358 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004359 // OK!
4360 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4361 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004362 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004363 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4364 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4365 << Op->getSourceRange();
4366 return QualType();
4367 }
4368
4369 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004370 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004371 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004372 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4373 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4374 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4375 return QualType();
4376 }
4377
4378 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004379 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004380 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4381 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4382 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4383 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004384 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004385 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4386 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4387 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004388 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004389 } else {
4390 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004391 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004392 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004393 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004394 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004395 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004396 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004397 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004398 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004399}
4400
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004401/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004402/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004403/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4404/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4405/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4406/// - &(x) => x
4407/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4408/// - &s.xx => s
4409/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4410/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4411/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4412/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004413static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004414 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004415 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004416 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004417 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004418 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004419 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4420 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4421 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004422 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004423 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004424 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004425 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004426 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004427 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4428 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004429 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4430 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4431 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4432 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4433 }
4434 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004435 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004436 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4437 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004438
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004439 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004440 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4441 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4442 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4443 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4444 default:
4445 return 0;
4446 }
4447 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004448 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004449 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004450 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004451 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4452 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004453 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004454 default:
4455 return 0;
4456 }
4457}
4458
4459/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004460/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004461/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004462/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004463/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004464/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004465/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004466QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004467 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4468 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4469
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004470 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4471 return Context.DependentTy;
4472
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004473 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4474 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4475 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4476 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4477 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4478 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4479 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4480 }
4481 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4482 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4483 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004484 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004485 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004486
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004487 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4488 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004489 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004490 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004491 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004492 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4493 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004494 return QualType();
4495 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004496 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004497 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4498 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4499 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004500 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004501 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4502 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004503 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004504 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004505 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004506 return QualType();
4507 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004508 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004509 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4510 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4511 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004512 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4513 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004514 return QualType();
4515 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004516 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004517 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004518 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4519 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004520 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4521 // scope qualifier for the class.
4522 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4523 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4524 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4525 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4526 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4527 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004528 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004529 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004530 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004531 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4532 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4533 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4534 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004535 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004536 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004537
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004538 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4539 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4540 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4541 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4542 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4543 }
4544
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004545 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4546 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4547}
4548
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004549QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004550 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4551 return Context.DependentTy;
4552
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004553 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4554 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004555
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004556 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4557 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4558 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4559 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4560 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004561 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004562
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004563 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004564 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004565 return QualType();
4566}
4567
4568static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4569 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4570 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4571 switch (Kind) {
4572 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004573 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4574 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004575 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4576 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4577 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4578 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4579 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4580 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4581 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4582 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4583 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4584 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4585 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4586 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4587 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4588 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4589 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4590 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4591 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4592 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4593 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4594 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4595 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4596 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4597 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4598 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4599 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4600 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4601 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4602 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4603 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4604 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4605 }
4606 return Opc;
4607}
4608
4609static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4610 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4611 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4612 switch (Kind) {
4613 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4614 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4615 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4616 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4617 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4618 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4619 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4620 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4621 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004622 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4623 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4624 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4625 }
4626 return Opc;
4627}
4628
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004629/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4630/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4631/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004632Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4633 unsigned Op,
4634 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004635 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004636 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004637 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4638 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4639 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004640
4641 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004642 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4643 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4644 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004645 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4646 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4647 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4648 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4649 break;
4650 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004651 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4652 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4653 break;
4654 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4655 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4656 break;
4657 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4658 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4659 break;
4660 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4661 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4662 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004663 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004664 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4665 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4666 break;
4667 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4668 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4669 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4670 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004671 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004672 break;
4673 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4674 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004675 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004676 break;
4677 case BinaryOperator::And:
4678 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4679 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4680 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4681 break;
4682 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4683 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4684 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4685 break;
4686 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4687 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004688 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4689 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4690 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4691 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004692 break;
4693 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004694 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4695 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4696 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4697 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004698 break;
4699 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004700 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4701 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4702 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004703 break;
4704 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004705 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4706 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4707 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004708 break;
4709 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4710 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004711 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4712 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4713 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4714 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004715 break;
4716 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4717 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4718 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004719 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4720 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4721 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4722 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004723 break;
4724 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4725 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4726 break;
4727 }
4728 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004729 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004730 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004731 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4732 else
4733 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004734 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4735 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004736}
4737
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004738// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004739Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4740 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4741 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004742 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004743 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004744
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004745 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4746 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004747
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004748 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4749 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4750 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4751 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4752 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4753 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4754 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004755 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004756 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4757 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4758 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4759 Functions);
4760 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4761 DeclarationName OpName
4762 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4763 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004764 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004765
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004766 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4767 // binary operation.
4768 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004769 }
4770
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004771 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4772 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004773}
4774
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004775Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4776 unsigned OpcIn,
4777 ExprArg InputArg) {
4778 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004779
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004780 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004781 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004782 QualType resultType;
4783 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004784 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4785 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4786 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4787 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4788 break;
4789
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004790 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4791 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004792 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4793 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004794 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004795 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004796 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4797 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004798 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004799 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004800 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4801 break;
4802 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4803 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004804 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4805 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004806 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4807 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004808 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4809 break;
4810 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4811 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4812 break;
4813 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4814 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4815 resultType->isPointerType())
4816 break;
4817
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004818 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4819 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004820 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004821 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4822 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004823 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4824 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004825 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4826 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4827 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004828 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004829 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004830 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004831 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4832 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004833 break;
4834 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4835 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004836 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4837 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004838 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4839 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004840 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004841 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4842 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004843 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004844 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4845 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004846 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004847 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004848 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004849 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004850 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004851 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004852 resultType = Input->getType();
4853 break;
4854 }
4855 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004856 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004857
4858 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004859 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004860}
4861
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004862// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4863Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4864 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4865 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4866 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4867
4868 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4869 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4870 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4871 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4872 // the arguments.
4873 FunctionSet Functions;
4874 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4875 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4876 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4877 Functions);
4878 DeclarationName OpName
4879 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4880 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4881 }
4882
4883 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4884 }
4885
4886 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4887}
4888
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004889/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004890Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4891 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4892 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004893 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004894 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004895
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004896 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4897 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004898 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004899 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004900
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004901 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004902 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4903 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004904}
4905
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004906Sema::OwningExprResult
4907Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4908 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4909 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004910 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4911 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4912
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004913 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004914 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004915 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004916
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004917 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4918 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4919 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004920
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004921 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4922 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4923 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004924
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004925 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4926 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4927 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4928 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4929 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004930
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004931 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004932 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004933 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004934
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004935 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4936 // expressions are not lvalues.
4937
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004938 substmt.release();
4939 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004940}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004941
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004942Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4943 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4944 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4945 TypeTy *argty,
4946 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4947 unsigned NumComponents,
4948 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4949 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4950 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004951 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4952 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004953
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004954 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4955
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004956 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4957 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4958 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004959 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004960 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004961
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004962 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4963 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004964
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004965 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4966 // the offsetof designators.
4967 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4968 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004969 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004970 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004971
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004972 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4973 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004974 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4975 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004976 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004977 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4978 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004979
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004980 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00004981 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004982
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004983 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4984 // leaks like a sieve.
4985 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4986 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4987 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4988 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4989 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4990 if (!AT) {
4991 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004992 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4993 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004994 }
4995
4996 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4997
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004998 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4999 // expression.
5000 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5001
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005002 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5003 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005004 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005005 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005006 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005007 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005008 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005009
5010 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5011 OC.LocEnd);
5012 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005013 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005014
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005015 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
5016 if (!RC) {
5017 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005018 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5019 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005020 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005021
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005022 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5023 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005024 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005025 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005026 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5027 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5028 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005029 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5030 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005031 }
5032
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005033 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5034 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5035 LookupMemberName)
5036 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005037 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005038 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005039 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5040 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005041
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005042 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5043 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005044 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005045 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5046 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005047 } else {
5048 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5049 // doesn't matter here.
5050 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5051 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5052 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005053 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005054 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005055
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005056 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5057 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005058}
5059
5060
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005061Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5062 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5063 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005064 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5065 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005066
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005067 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005068
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005069 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5070 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5071 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5072 return ExprError();
5073 }
5074
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005075 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5076 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005077}
5078
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005079Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5080 ExprArg cond,
5081 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5082 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5083 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5084 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5085 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005086
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005087 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5088
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005089 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005090 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005091 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5092 } else {
5093 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5094 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5095 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5096 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005097 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5098 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5099 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005100
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005101 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5102 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5103 }
5104
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005105 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5106 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5107 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005108}
5109
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005110//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5111// Clang Extensions.
5112//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5113
5114/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005115void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005116 // Analyze block parameters.
5117 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005118
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005119 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5120 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5121 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005122
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005123 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005124 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005125 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005126 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5127 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005128
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005129 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005130 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005131}
5132
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005133void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005134 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005135
5136 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5137 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005138 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005139 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5140
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005141 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5142 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5143 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5144 return;
5145 }
5146
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005147 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5148 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5149 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5150
5151 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5152 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005153 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005154 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005155 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005156 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005157 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5158 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005159 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5160
5161 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5162 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5163 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5164 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5165 return;
5166 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005167 return;
5168 }
5169
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005170 // Analyze arguments to block.
5171 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5172 "Not a function declarator!");
5173 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005174
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005175 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5176 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005177
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005178 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5179 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5180 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5181 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005182 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5183 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005184 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005185 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005186 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5187 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005188 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005189 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005190 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005191 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005192 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005193 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005194 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005195 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5196 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5197 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5198 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5199 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005200
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005201 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005202 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
5203 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005204 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005205 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005206 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5207 }
5208
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005209 // Analyze the return type.
5210 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5211 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5212
5213 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5214 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5215 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5216 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5217 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005218 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005219}
5220
5221/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5222/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5223void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5224 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5225 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005226
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005227 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5228
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005229 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005230 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005231 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005232 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005233}
5234
5235/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5236/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005237Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5238 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005239 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5240 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5241 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5242
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005243 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5244 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005245
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005246 PopDeclContext();
5247
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005248 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5249 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005250
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005251 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005252 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5253 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005254
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005255 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5256 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5257 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005258
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005259 QualType BlockTy;
5260 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Eli Friedman687abff2009-06-08 04:24:21 +00005261 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005262 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005263 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005264 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005265
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005266 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005267 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005268 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005269
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005270 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5271 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5272 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5273 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5274
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005275 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005276 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5277 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005278}
5279
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005280Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5281 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5282 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005283 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005284 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5285 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5286
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005287 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005288
5289 // Get the va_list type
5290 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005291 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5292 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5293 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5294 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005295 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005296 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5297 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5298 } else {
5299 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5300 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005301 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5302 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005303 return ExprError();
5304 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005305
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005306 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5307 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005308 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5309 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005310 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005311 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005312
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005313 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005314 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005315
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005316 expr.release();
5317 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5318 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005319}
5320
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005321Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005322 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5323 // pointers on the target.
5324 QualType Ty;
5325 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5326 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5327 else
5328 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5329
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005330 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005331}
5332
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005333bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5334 SourceLocation Loc,
5335 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5336 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5337 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5338 bool isInvalid = false;
5339 unsigned DiagKind;
5340 switch (ConvTy) {
5341 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5342 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005343 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005344 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5345 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005346 case IntToPointer:
5347 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5348 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005349 case IncompatiblePointer:
5350 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5351 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005352 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5353 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5354 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005355 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5356 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5357 break;
5358 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005359 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5360 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5361 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5362 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5363 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5364 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5365 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5366 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5367 // C++ semantics.
5368 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5369 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5370 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005371 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5372 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005373 case IntToBlockPointer:
5374 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5375 break;
5376 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005377 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005378 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005379 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005380 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005381 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5382 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5383 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005384 case IncompatibleVectors:
5385 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5386 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005387 case Incompatible:
5388 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5389 isInvalid = true;
5390 break;
5391 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005392
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005393 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5394 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005395 return isInvalid;
5396}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005397
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005398bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005399 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5400 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5401 if (Result)
5402 *Result = ICEResult;
5403 return false;
5404 }
5405
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005406 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5407
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005408 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005409 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5410 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5411
5412 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5413 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5414 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5415 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5416 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5417 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5418 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005419
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005420 return true;
5421 }
5422
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005423 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5424 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005425
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005426 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5427 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5428 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005429
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005430 if (Result)
5431 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5432 return false;
5433}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005434
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005435Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5436Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5437 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5438 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5439 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5440
5441 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5442 return NewContext;
5443}
5444
5445void
5446Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5447 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5448 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5449
5450 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5451 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5452 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5453 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5454 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5455 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5456 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5457
5458 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5459 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5460 I != IEnd; ++I)
5461 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5462 }
5463}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005464
5465/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5466///
5467/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5468/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5469/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5470/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5471///
5472/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5473///
5474/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5475void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5476 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5477
5478 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5479 // template or not.
5480 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5481 D->setUsed(true);
5482
5483 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5484 // an instantiation.
5485 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5486 return;
5487
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005488 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5489 case Unevaluated:
5490 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5491 return;
5492
5493 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5494 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5495 // "used"; handle this below.
5496 break;
5497
5498 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5499 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5500 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5501 // potentially evaluated.
5502 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5503 return;
5504 }
5505
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005506 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005507 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005508 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5509 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5510 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
5511 }
5512 // FIXME: more checking for other implicits go here.
5513 else
5514 Constructor->setUsed(true);
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005515 return;
5516 }
5517
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005518 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5519 // FIXME: implicit template instantiation
5520 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
5521 (void)Function;
5522 Function->setUsed(true);
5523 return;
5524 }
5525
5526 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5527 (void)Var;
5528 // FIXME: implicit template instantiation
5529 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
5530 D->setUsed(true);
5531 }
5532}
5533